Post on 17-Aug-2020
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
The writing of this catalogue was done with diligence but it does not accept liability for any errors or omissions We also reserve the right to make technical changes recommend that you verify the update of the information here confronted with our engineering department The reproduction of this catalogue is permitted only after our approval Product Safety The products must be used following the instructions below Given the variety of applications where the product can be used we are not able to assess whether a malfunction can cause damage to property or persons The designer and the buyer are responsible for defining and implementing the safety instructions to enforce the end user T RACE SpA November 2016
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
INDEX CATALOGUE
Company 4-5
MONORACE
ldquoHigh Performancerdquo advantages of linear
roller MRG - MR slides6-7
MONORACE linear roller slider range 8-11
Construction technology new linear roller
series MRG ldquoHigh Performancerdquo12-13
Roller positioning 14
Composition sliders series R and RG 15
Vertical Selfalignment System 17-19
MRG 18-43 rails 18
RG sliders 20
MR rails 23
R sliders 24-25
Linear roller slides series ML 26-27
RL sliders 28
Use of single wheels 30
Rollers for MRG rails 31-33
Cost effective roller sliders
LAN-LAZ-LAX series 34-35
ldquoCost Effectiverdquo roller sliders
constructive design 36-37
Roller positioning for sliders
assembled with LA LUN rails38
Guide Serie LAN e LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo 39
PAN26 - PAN30 sliders 40
PAN 40 sliders 41
LAX26 - LAX40 inox rails 42
PAX26 - PAX40 sliders 43
LAZ26 - LAZ40 rails 44
PAZ26 sliders 45
LAN40 + LUN40 self-aligning system 46
Rollers for LAN and LUN series rails 47
FLEXRACE
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG railunique assembly possibilities
48
FXRG Rail 50
Roller for FXRG rail 51
Mounting configurations 52
BALLRACE
ldquoHigh Loadrdquo ballcage slides - SF series 54
ldquoHigh Loadrdquo ballcage slides - SF series 56
Lubrication and use of wipers 58
Sizing verification 59
Appendix to the catalog 62
4
T RACE SpAThe Italian Headquarters T RACE SPA is located in Aicurzio (near Milan) and is the main production and stock site for T RACE products
The domestic and international sales organization is too located here along with RampD
T RACE SpA ITALY
HIGH QUALITY SOLUTIONS FOR MOTION TECHNOLOGY
T RACE GmbHThe German branch T RACE GmbH is located in Burscheid
It has a large stock of finished products and components and a workshop for customized products
T RACE GmbH GERMANY
CO
MPA
NY
T RACE Linear Tecnology Co Ltdis located within Wujiang Industrial Park in Suzhou 100km east from Shanghai China The company has stock and production facilities to provide T RACErsquos complete product range for local distributorscustomers and near Far East markets of same high standard as Italian Hq and German branch The company offer after sales assistance and technical support when need for customer designed linear solutions
T RACE LINEAR TECNOLOGY Co Ltd CINA
5
OUR VALUESORIGINALITY
PERFORMANCES
INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY PATENTED
APPLICATION ENGINEERING
CUSTOMIZE SOLUTIONS
KNOW HOW PRODUCTS APPLICATIONS
DESIGN AND HIGH FINISHES AESTHETIC
ITALIAN INNOVATION ndash GERMAN QUALITY - CHINESE COMPETITIVENESS
T RACET RACE - produces a wide range of linear guides which are characterized by a unique design and highly innovative features
T RACE has three locations T RACE SpA in Italy and T RACE GmbH in Germany and T RACE Linear Tecnoligy Co Ltd in Cina distributes its products through an international network of authorized dealers in the main industrialized countries
CO
MPA
NY
6
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo ADVANTAGES OF LINEAR ROLLER MRG - MR SLIDES
NEW GEOMETRIES FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCENEW PATENTED TECHNOLOGY IN LINEAR MOTION
SELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM
HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
DOUBLE ROW BALL BEARING
ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
COMPLETELY SEALED FRONT WIPERS
AND LATERAL SEALS
SELFALIGNING CAPABILITY+
EASY TO ASSEMBLE ON INACCURATE STRUCTURE
SUITABLE FOR HARSH ENVIROMENT CONDITION
RESISTANCE TO THE CORROSION
+
+
+
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
7
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
NEW PATENTED TREATMENT FOR MORE RESISTANCESELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
T RACE p-color 10Option of customized colour finish paint for better overall design
T RACE NOX 20High depth nitriding hardening for long lasting
heavy duty applications Additional black surfacel oxidation for increased corrosion resistance
T RACE e-coating 10Option of high corrosion resistance
electro coating treatment for server enviroments
+-
COMPACTNESS
SMOOTH AND SILENT MOVEMENT
SELF LUBRICANT
HIGH SPEED
+
+
+
+A
DV
AN
TAG
ES
8
MRG46 with RG46 slider
MRG43 with RG43 slider
MRG46 with RGS46 slider
NEW MRG RAILS
MR RAILS
LINEAR SLIDER RANGE
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
MRG18 with RG18 slider
MRG43 with RGS43 slider
MRG18 with RGS18 slider
MR43 with R43 slider
MR28 with R28 slider
MR43 with RS43 slider
MR28 with RS28 slider
ML RAILS
ML43 with RL43 slider
ML28 with RL28 slider
ML43 with RLS43 slider
ML28 with RLS28 slider
ldquoMODULARrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SYSTEM FXRG SERIES
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALL CAGE LINEAR SLIDE SF SERIES
ldquoCOST EFFEC1048991TIVErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER LAN-LUN SERIES
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDE MRG-MR SERIES
ldquoSTANDARDrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER ML SERIES
LAN 26 LAN 30 LAN 40 LUN 40 LAX40-LAZ40 LAX26-LAZ26
STEEL AND ZINCATE VERSIONS
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
The writing of this catalogue was done with diligence but it does not accept liability for any errors or omissions We also reserve the right to make technical changes recommend that you verify the update of the information here confronted with our engineering department The reproduction of this catalogue is permitted only after our approval Product Safety The products must be used following the instructions below Given the variety of applications where the product can be used we are not able to assess whether a malfunction can cause damage to property or persons The designer and the buyer are responsible for defining and implementing the safety instructions to enforce the end user T RACE SpA November 2016
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
INDEX CATALOGUE
Company 4-5
MONORACE
ldquoHigh Performancerdquo advantages of linear
roller MRG - MR slides6-7
MONORACE linear roller slider range 8-11
Construction technology new linear roller
series MRG ldquoHigh Performancerdquo12-13
Roller positioning 14
Composition sliders series R and RG 15
Vertical Selfalignment System 17-19
MRG 18-43 rails 18
RG sliders 20
MR rails 23
R sliders 24-25
Linear roller slides series ML 26-27
RL sliders 28
Use of single wheels 30
Rollers for MRG rails 31-33
Cost effective roller sliders
LAN-LAZ-LAX series 34-35
ldquoCost Effectiverdquo roller sliders
constructive design 36-37
Roller positioning for sliders
assembled with LA LUN rails38
Guide Serie LAN e LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo 39
PAN26 - PAN30 sliders 40
PAN 40 sliders 41
LAX26 - LAX40 inox rails 42
PAX26 - PAX40 sliders 43
LAZ26 - LAZ40 rails 44
PAZ26 sliders 45
LAN40 + LUN40 self-aligning system 46
Rollers for LAN and LUN series rails 47
FLEXRACE
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG railunique assembly possibilities
48
FXRG Rail 50
Roller for FXRG rail 51
Mounting configurations 52
BALLRACE
ldquoHigh Loadrdquo ballcage slides - SF series 54
ldquoHigh Loadrdquo ballcage slides - SF series 56
Lubrication and use of wipers 58
Sizing verification 59
Appendix to the catalog 62
4
T RACE SpAThe Italian Headquarters T RACE SPA is located in Aicurzio (near Milan) and is the main production and stock site for T RACE products
The domestic and international sales organization is too located here along with RampD
T RACE SpA ITALY
HIGH QUALITY SOLUTIONS FOR MOTION TECHNOLOGY
T RACE GmbHThe German branch T RACE GmbH is located in Burscheid
It has a large stock of finished products and components and a workshop for customized products
T RACE GmbH GERMANY
CO
MPA
NY
T RACE Linear Tecnology Co Ltdis located within Wujiang Industrial Park in Suzhou 100km east from Shanghai China The company has stock and production facilities to provide T RACErsquos complete product range for local distributorscustomers and near Far East markets of same high standard as Italian Hq and German branch The company offer after sales assistance and technical support when need for customer designed linear solutions
T RACE LINEAR TECNOLOGY Co Ltd CINA
5
OUR VALUESORIGINALITY
PERFORMANCES
INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY PATENTED
APPLICATION ENGINEERING
CUSTOMIZE SOLUTIONS
KNOW HOW PRODUCTS APPLICATIONS
DESIGN AND HIGH FINISHES AESTHETIC
ITALIAN INNOVATION ndash GERMAN QUALITY - CHINESE COMPETITIVENESS
T RACET RACE - produces a wide range of linear guides which are characterized by a unique design and highly innovative features
T RACE has three locations T RACE SpA in Italy and T RACE GmbH in Germany and T RACE Linear Tecnoligy Co Ltd in Cina distributes its products through an international network of authorized dealers in the main industrialized countries
CO
MPA
NY
6
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo ADVANTAGES OF LINEAR ROLLER MRG - MR SLIDES
NEW GEOMETRIES FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCENEW PATENTED TECHNOLOGY IN LINEAR MOTION
SELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM
HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
DOUBLE ROW BALL BEARING
ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
COMPLETELY SEALED FRONT WIPERS
AND LATERAL SEALS
SELFALIGNING CAPABILITY+
EASY TO ASSEMBLE ON INACCURATE STRUCTURE
SUITABLE FOR HARSH ENVIROMENT CONDITION
RESISTANCE TO THE CORROSION
+
+
+
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
7
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
NEW PATENTED TREATMENT FOR MORE RESISTANCESELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
T RACE p-color 10Option of customized colour finish paint for better overall design
T RACE NOX 20High depth nitriding hardening for long lasting
heavy duty applications Additional black surfacel oxidation for increased corrosion resistance
T RACE e-coating 10Option of high corrosion resistance
electro coating treatment for server enviroments
+-
COMPACTNESS
SMOOTH AND SILENT MOVEMENT
SELF LUBRICANT
HIGH SPEED
+
+
+
+A
DV
AN
TAG
ES
8
MRG46 with RG46 slider
MRG43 with RG43 slider
MRG46 with RGS46 slider
NEW MRG RAILS
MR RAILS
LINEAR SLIDER RANGE
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
MRG18 with RG18 slider
MRG43 with RGS43 slider
MRG18 with RGS18 slider
MR43 with R43 slider
MR28 with R28 slider
MR43 with RS43 slider
MR28 with RS28 slider
ML RAILS
ML43 with RL43 slider
ML28 with RL28 slider
ML43 with RLS43 slider
ML28 with RLS28 slider
ldquoMODULARrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SYSTEM FXRG SERIES
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALL CAGE LINEAR SLIDE SF SERIES
ldquoCOST EFFEC1048991TIVErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER LAN-LUN SERIES
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDE MRG-MR SERIES
ldquoSTANDARDrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER ML SERIES
LAN 26 LAN 30 LAN 40 LUN 40 LAX40-LAZ40 LAX26-LAZ26
STEEL AND ZINCATE VERSIONS
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
INDEX CATALOGUE
Company 4-5
MONORACE
ldquoHigh Performancerdquo advantages of linear
roller MRG - MR slides6-7
MONORACE linear roller slider range 8-11
Construction technology new linear roller
series MRG ldquoHigh Performancerdquo12-13
Roller positioning 14
Composition sliders series R and RG 15
Vertical Selfalignment System 17-19
MRG 18-43 rails 18
RG sliders 20
MR rails 23
R sliders 24-25
Linear roller slides series ML 26-27
RL sliders 28
Use of single wheels 30
Rollers for MRG rails 31-33
Cost effective roller sliders
LAN-LAZ-LAX series 34-35
ldquoCost Effectiverdquo roller sliders
constructive design 36-37
Roller positioning for sliders
assembled with LA LUN rails38
Guide Serie LAN e LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo 39
PAN26 - PAN30 sliders 40
PAN 40 sliders 41
LAX26 - LAX40 inox rails 42
PAX26 - PAX40 sliders 43
LAZ26 - LAZ40 rails 44
PAZ26 sliders 45
LAN40 + LUN40 self-aligning system 46
Rollers for LAN and LUN series rails 47
FLEXRACE
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG railunique assembly possibilities
48
FXRG Rail 50
Roller for FXRG rail 51
Mounting configurations 52
BALLRACE
ldquoHigh Loadrdquo ballcage slides - SF series 54
ldquoHigh Loadrdquo ballcage slides - SF series 56
Lubrication and use of wipers 58
Sizing verification 59
Appendix to the catalog 62
4
T RACE SpAThe Italian Headquarters T RACE SPA is located in Aicurzio (near Milan) and is the main production and stock site for T RACE products
The domestic and international sales organization is too located here along with RampD
T RACE SpA ITALY
HIGH QUALITY SOLUTIONS FOR MOTION TECHNOLOGY
T RACE GmbHThe German branch T RACE GmbH is located in Burscheid
It has a large stock of finished products and components and a workshop for customized products
T RACE GmbH GERMANY
CO
MPA
NY
T RACE Linear Tecnology Co Ltdis located within Wujiang Industrial Park in Suzhou 100km east from Shanghai China The company has stock and production facilities to provide T RACErsquos complete product range for local distributorscustomers and near Far East markets of same high standard as Italian Hq and German branch The company offer after sales assistance and technical support when need for customer designed linear solutions
T RACE LINEAR TECNOLOGY Co Ltd CINA
5
OUR VALUESORIGINALITY
PERFORMANCES
INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY PATENTED
APPLICATION ENGINEERING
CUSTOMIZE SOLUTIONS
KNOW HOW PRODUCTS APPLICATIONS
DESIGN AND HIGH FINISHES AESTHETIC
ITALIAN INNOVATION ndash GERMAN QUALITY - CHINESE COMPETITIVENESS
T RACET RACE - produces a wide range of linear guides which are characterized by a unique design and highly innovative features
T RACE has three locations T RACE SpA in Italy and T RACE GmbH in Germany and T RACE Linear Tecnoligy Co Ltd in Cina distributes its products through an international network of authorized dealers in the main industrialized countries
CO
MPA
NY
6
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo ADVANTAGES OF LINEAR ROLLER MRG - MR SLIDES
NEW GEOMETRIES FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCENEW PATENTED TECHNOLOGY IN LINEAR MOTION
SELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM
HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
DOUBLE ROW BALL BEARING
ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
COMPLETELY SEALED FRONT WIPERS
AND LATERAL SEALS
SELFALIGNING CAPABILITY+
EASY TO ASSEMBLE ON INACCURATE STRUCTURE
SUITABLE FOR HARSH ENVIROMENT CONDITION
RESISTANCE TO THE CORROSION
+
+
+
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
7
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
NEW PATENTED TREATMENT FOR MORE RESISTANCESELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
T RACE p-color 10Option of customized colour finish paint for better overall design
T RACE NOX 20High depth nitriding hardening for long lasting
heavy duty applications Additional black surfacel oxidation for increased corrosion resistance
T RACE e-coating 10Option of high corrosion resistance
electro coating treatment for server enviroments
+-
COMPACTNESS
SMOOTH AND SILENT MOVEMENT
SELF LUBRICANT
HIGH SPEED
+
+
+
+A
DV
AN
TAG
ES
8
MRG46 with RG46 slider
MRG43 with RG43 slider
MRG46 with RGS46 slider
NEW MRG RAILS
MR RAILS
LINEAR SLIDER RANGE
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
MRG18 with RG18 slider
MRG43 with RGS43 slider
MRG18 with RGS18 slider
MR43 with R43 slider
MR28 with R28 slider
MR43 with RS43 slider
MR28 with RS28 slider
ML RAILS
ML43 with RL43 slider
ML28 with RL28 slider
ML43 with RLS43 slider
ML28 with RLS28 slider
ldquoMODULARrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SYSTEM FXRG SERIES
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALL CAGE LINEAR SLIDE SF SERIES
ldquoCOST EFFEC1048991TIVErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER LAN-LUN SERIES
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDE MRG-MR SERIES
ldquoSTANDARDrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER ML SERIES
LAN 26 LAN 30 LAN 40 LUN 40 LAX40-LAZ40 LAX26-LAZ26
STEEL AND ZINCATE VERSIONS
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
4
T RACE SpAThe Italian Headquarters T RACE SPA is located in Aicurzio (near Milan) and is the main production and stock site for T RACE products
The domestic and international sales organization is too located here along with RampD
T RACE SpA ITALY
HIGH QUALITY SOLUTIONS FOR MOTION TECHNOLOGY
T RACE GmbHThe German branch T RACE GmbH is located in Burscheid
It has a large stock of finished products and components and a workshop for customized products
T RACE GmbH GERMANY
CO
MPA
NY
T RACE Linear Tecnology Co Ltdis located within Wujiang Industrial Park in Suzhou 100km east from Shanghai China The company has stock and production facilities to provide T RACErsquos complete product range for local distributorscustomers and near Far East markets of same high standard as Italian Hq and German branch The company offer after sales assistance and technical support when need for customer designed linear solutions
T RACE LINEAR TECNOLOGY Co Ltd CINA
5
OUR VALUESORIGINALITY
PERFORMANCES
INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY PATENTED
APPLICATION ENGINEERING
CUSTOMIZE SOLUTIONS
KNOW HOW PRODUCTS APPLICATIONS
DESIGN AND HIGH FINISHES AESTHETIC
ITALIAN INNOVATION ndash GERMAN QUALITY - CHINESE COMPETITIVENESS
T RACET RACE - produces a wide range of linear guides which are characterized by a unique design and highly innovative features
T RACE has three locations T RACE SpA in Italy and T RACE GmbH in Germany and T RACE Linear Tecnoligy Co Ltd in Cina distributes its products through an international network of authorized dealers in the main industrialized countries
CO
MPA
NY
6
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo ADVANTAGES OF LINEAR ROLLER MRG - MR SLIDES
NEW GEOMETRIES FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCENEW PATENTED TECHNOLOGY IN LINEAR MOTION
SELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM
HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
DOUBLE ROW BALL BEARING
ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
COMPLETELY SEALED FRONT WIPERS
AND LATERAL SEALS
SELFALIGNING CAPABILITY+
EASY TO ASSEMBLE ON INACCURATE STRUCTURE
SUITABLE FOR HARSH ENVIROMENT CONDITION
RESISTANCE TO THE CORROSION
+
+
+
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
7
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
NEW PATENTED TREATMENT FOR MORE RESISTANCESELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
T RACE p-color 10Option of customized colour finish paint for better overall design
T RACE NOX 20High depth nitriding hardening for long lasting
heavy duty applications Additional black surfacel oxidation for increased corrosion resistance
T RACE e-coating 10Option of high corrosion resistance
electro coating treatment for server enviroments
+-
COMPACTNESS
SMOOTH AND SILENT MOVEMENT
SELF LUBRICANT
HIGH SPEED
+
+
+
+A
DV
AN
TAG
ES
8
MRG46 with RG46 slider
MRG43 with RG43 slider
MRG46 with RGS46 slider
NEW MRG RAILS
MR RAILS
LINEAR SLIDER RANGE
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
MRG18 with RG18 slider
MRG43 with RGS43 slider
MRG18 with RGS18 slider
MR43 with R43 slider
MR28 with R28 slider
MR43 with RS43 slider
MR28 with RS28 slider
ML RAILS
ML43 with RL43 slider
ML28 with RL28 slider
ML43 with RLS43 slider
ML28 with RLS28 slider
ldquoMODULARrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SYSTEM FXRG SERIES
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALL CAGE LINEAR SLIDE SF SERIES
ldquoCOST EFFEC1048991TIVErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER LAN-LUN SERIES
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDE MRG-MR SERIES
ldquoSTANDARDrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER ML SERIES
LAN 26 LAN 30 LAN 40 LUN 40 LAX40-LAZ40 LAX26-LAZ26
STEEL AND ZINCATE VERSIONS
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
5
OUR VALUESORIGINALITY
PERFORMANCES
INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGY PATENTED
APPLICATION ENGINEERING
CUSTOMIZE SOLUTIONS
KNOW HOW PRODUCTS APPLICATIONS
DESIGN AND HIGH FINISHES AESTHETIC
ITALIAN INNOVATION ndash GERMAN QUALITY - CHINESE COMPETITIVENESS
T RACET RACE - produces a wide range of linear guides which are characterized by a unique design and highly innovative features
T RACE has three locations T RACE SpA in Italy and T RACE GmbH in Germany and T RACE Linear Tecnoligy Co Ltd in Cina distributes its products through an international network of authorized dealers in the main industrialized countries
CO
MPA
NY
6
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo ADVANTAGES OF LINEAR ROLLER MRG - MR SLIDES
NEW GEOMETRIES FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCENEW PATENTED TECHNOLOGY IN LINEAR MOTION
SELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM
HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
DOUBLE ROW BALL BEARING
ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
COMPLETELY SEALED FRONT WIPERS
AND LATERAL SEALS
SELFALIGNING CAPABILITY+
EASY TO ASSEMBLE ON INACCURATE STRUCTURE
SUITABLE FOR HARSH ENVIROMENT CONDITION
RESISTANCE TO THE CORROSION
+
+
+
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
7
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
NEW PATENTED TREATMENT FOR MORE RESISTANCESELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
T RACE p-color 10Option of customized colour finish paint for better overall design
T RACE NOX 20High depth nitriding hardening for long lasting
heavy duty applications Additional black surfacel oxidation for increased corrosion resistance
T RACE e-coating 10Option of high corrosion resistance
electro coating treatment for server enviroments
+-
COMPACTNESS
SMOOTH AND SILENT MOVEMENT
SELF LUBRICANT
HIGH SPEED
+
+
+
+A
DV
AN
TAG
ES
8
MRG46 with RG46 slider
MRG43 with RG43 slider
MRG46 with RGS46 slider
NEW MRG RAILS
MR RAILS
LINEAR SLIDER RANGE
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
MRG18 with RG18 slider
MRG43 with RGS43 slider
MRG18 with RGS18 slider
MR43 with R43 slider
MR28 with R28 slider
MR43 with RS43 slider
MR28 with RS28 slider
ML RAILS
ML43 with RL43 slider
ML28 with RL28 slider
ML43 with RLS43 slider
ML28 with RLS28 slider
ldquoMODULARrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SYSTEM FXRG SERIES
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALL CAGE LINEAR SLIDE SF SERIES
ldquoCOST EFFEC1048991TIVErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER LAN-LUN SERIES
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDE MRG-MR SERIES
ldquoSTANDARDrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER ML SERIES
LAN 26 LAN 30 LAN 40 LUN 40 LAX40-LAZ40 LAX26-LAZ26
STEEL AND ZINCATE VERSIONS
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
6
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo ADVANTAGES OF LINEAR ROLLER MRG - MR SLIDES
NEW GEOMETRIES FOR HIGH-PERFORMANCENEW PATENTED TECHNOLOGY IN LINEAR MOTION
SELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM
HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
DOUBLE ROW BALL BEARING
ADJUSTABLE PRELOAD
COMPLETELY SEALED FRONT WIPERS
AND LATERAL SEALS
SELFALIGNING CAPABILITY+
EASY TO ASSEMBLE ON INACCURATE STRUCTURE
SUITABLE FOR HARSH ENVIROMENT CONDITION
RESISTANCE TO THE CORROSION
+
+
+
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
7
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
NEW PATENTED TREATMENT FOR MORE RESISTANCESELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
T RACE p-color 10Option of customized colour finish paint for better overall design
T RACE NOX 20High depth nitriding hardening for long lasting
heavy duty applications Additional black surfacel oxidation for increased corrosion resistance
T RACE e-coating 10Option of high corrosion resistance
electro coating treatment for server enviroments
+-
COMPACTNESS
SMOOTH AND SILENT MOVEMENT
SELF LUBRICANT
HIGH SPEED
+
+
+
+A
DV
AN
TAG
ES
8
MRG46 with RG46 slider
MRG43 with RG43 slider
MRG46 with RGS46 slider
NEW MRG RAILS
MR RAILS
LINEAR SLIDER RANGE
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
MRG18 with RG18 slider
MRG43 with RGS43 slider
MRG18 with RGS18 slider
MR43 with R43 slider
MR28 with R28 slider
MR43 with RS43 slider
MR28 with RS28 slider
ML RAILS
ML43 with RL43 slider
ML28 with RL28 slider
ML43 with RLS43 slider
ML28 with RLS28 slider
ldquoMODULARrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SYSTEM FXRG SERIES
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALL CAGE LINEAR SLIDE SF SERIES
ldquoCOST EFFEC1048991TIVErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER LAN-LUN SERIES
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDE MRG-MR SERIES
ldquoSTANDARDrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER ML SERIES
LAN 26 LAN 30 LAN 40 LUN 40 LAX40-LAZ40 LAX26-LAZ26
STEEL AND ZINCATE VERSIONS
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
7
DISCOVER THE NATURAL STRENGTHOF THE BEST ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
NEW PATENTED TREATMENT FOR MORE RESISTANCESELF ALIGNMENT SYSTEM HIGH CAPACITY LOAD
T RACE p-color 10Option of customized colour finish paint for better overall design
T RACE NOX 20High depth nitriding hardening for long lasting
heavy duty applications Additional black surfacel oxidation for increased corrosion resistance
T RACE e-coating 10Option of high corrosion resistance
electro coating treatment for server enviroments
+-
COMPACTNESS
SMOOTH AND SILENT MOVEMENT
SELF LUBRICANT
HIGH SPEED
+
+
+
+A
DV
AN
TAG
ES
8
MRG46 with RG46 slider
MRG43 with RG43 slider
MRG46 with RGS46 slider
NEW MRG RAILS
MR RAILS
LINEAR SLIDER RANGE
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
MRG18 with RG18 slider
MRG43 with RGS43 slider
MRG18 with RGS18 slider
MR43 with R43 slider
MR28 with R28 slider
MR43 with RS43 slider
MR28 with RS28 slider
ML RAILS
ML43 with RL43 slider
ML28 with RL28 slider
ML43 with RLS43 slider
ML28 with RLS28 slider
ldquoMODULARrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SYSTEM FXRG SERIES
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALL CAGE LINEAR SLIDE SF SERIES
ldquoCOST EFFEC1048991TIVErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER LAN-LUN SERIES
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDE MRG-MR SERIES
ldquoSTANDARDrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER ML SERIES
LAN 26 LAN 30 LAN 40 LUN 40 LAX40-LAZ40 LAX26-LAZ26
STEEL AND ZINCATE VERSIONS
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
8
MRG46 with RG46 slider
MRG43 with RG43 slider
MRG46 with RGS46 slider
NEW MRG RAILS
MR RAILS
LINEAR SLIDER RANGE
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
MRG18 with RG18 slider
MRG43 with RGS43 slider
MRG18 with RGS18 slider
MR43 with R43 slider
MR28 with R28 slider
MR43 with RS43 slider
MR28 with RS28 slider
ML RAILS
ML43 with RL43 slider
ML28 with RL28 slider
ML43 with RLS43 slider
ML28 with RLS28 slider
ldquoMODULARrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SYSTEM FXRG SERIES
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALL CAGE LINEAR SLIDE SF SERIES
ldquoCOST EFFEC1048991TIVErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER LAN-LUN SERIES
ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDE MRG-MR SERIES
ldquoSTANDARDrdquo LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER ML SERIES
LAN 26 LAN 30 LAN 40 LUN 40 LAX40-LAZ40 LAX26-LAZ26
STEEL AND ZINCATE VERSIONS
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
T RACErsquos range of linear bearings are setting new standards due to its innovative design and technical concepts The family MONORACE based on different C-shaped rails with a wide range of sliders is offering unique linear solutions for all kinds of automation applications for many industries
T RACErsquos system with roller sliders and internal raceways offer the markets highest performing system along with being size wise the most compact system
The rails of MRG MR and ML series are high precision cold drawn profiles made from steel alloy that with our patented T RACE NOX thermo-chemical hardening process provide a very hard surface for high wear resistance along with and at the same time a good protection against corrosion even in critical environments
HIGH PERFORMANCEThe new rails MRG series rail are the evolution of the consolidated MR series The new rails have a number of improvements related to the contact geometries new materials for increased strength and depth of hardening - T RACE-NOX 20 last generation hardening treatments showing our commitment to continuous technological improvement of T RACE productsThe new MRG43 is companied with a new version MRG46 with increased thicknesses of the flanges to achieve a more rigid rail for critical application where the rail becomes a self-supporting part of the structure The MRG and MR rails allow combinations of different sliders to obtain self-aligning systems based on pair of rails Such self-aligning system is able to compensate for surface assembly inaccuracies on longitudinal and transverse plane like non precise carpentry aluminum structures or bent sheet metal structures hereby avoiding costly processing machining to achieve precise parallel rail installation The internal raceways with protect rollers wheels along with lateral seals and strong wipers incorporating preoiled felts makes the MONORACE linear system very suitable for even harsh ambients - dust humidity etc The rollers of large diameter are little sensitive to impurities entering the linear system
STANDARDThe ML series rail represent a simplified version of the MR series with similar dimensions the thinner C shaped rails have the concave inner raceways in which slide rollers at single row bearing with shields and inner ball cage made in metal The carriages in various versions are equipped with wipers with lubricating felt The ML series does not provide self-aligning features
COST EFFECTIVELAN rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then case hardened using our revolutionary TRACE-NOX nitriding and black oxidising process to ensure an extended lifetime and excellent corrosion resistanceThe slider bodies are cataphoretically blackened for maximum corrosion resistance The rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade steel The ball bearings are lubricated for life with wide temperature range bearing grease and protected by 2Z rated metal shields Robust elastomer raceway wipers are fitted at both ends of the slider to protect the rollers and keep the raceways clean The wipers incorporate oil-impregnated felt pads to keep the points of contact between raceway and roller properly lubricated even for the lifetime of the rail Wipers are held in place by a simple clip and can be removed and replaced easily
INOXLAX series rails and PAX series sliders are constructed entirely of stainless steel and are a simple and functional solution for applicationsthat require high corrosion resistance The rails and sliders bodies are made from 300 Series stainless with rollers made from 440C These are particularly suitable for food processing pharmaceutical and medical applications or in difficult environments such as marine environments where there is exposure to highly corrosive agents The slider is equipped with 3 rollers The middle roller is eccentric and is used to adjust the slider preloadThey are easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles into the environment and is particularly suitable for clean rooms They are available in two sections 26 and 40 mm
The roller linear MODULAR system FLEXRACE offers the maximum flexibility configuration due to the original hape of the guide FXRG basic component of the system shaped with 3 raceways arranged at 90 deg to each other on which can slide the rollers RG series indifferently on each of the three raceways The using of the single guide or two or more parallel guides gives rise to a number of combinations capable of satisfying each specific need for linear motion and offering exceptional ability to self-alignment Like the MONORACErsquos rails FXRG rail is constructed in high strength steel hardened with the last generation T RACE NOX 20 hardening treatments for a further improvement of the performance and durability
The ball cage linear slide HIGH LOAD of SF series offer a very high load capacity in a compact size They are built from the base of the rail ML series with one or more sliders that move through the interposition of one or more robust ball cages with large diameter balls Like the MONORACE rails are made by the same production process and hardened with thermochemical process patented T RACE NOX 10 They are suitable for horizontal movements with high loads in all directions and for movements where the stroke available is completely used
9
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
10
Rail Size Slider Type of slider
Type of roller
Bearing seals
ndeg of rollers
Selfalign-ment Wipers Lateral
seals
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG
18
RVG-RPG RUG-RAG Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
46
18
RVSG-RPSG RUSG-RASG Slim 3-5 -
43
46
MR
28
RV-RP RU-RA Standard
2RS
3-5
bull bull
bull43
28
RVS-RPS RUS-RAS Slim 3-4-5 -
43
STA
ND
AR
D
ML
28
RL Standard
2Z
3-5
- bull -
43
28
RLS Slim 3-4-5
43
CO
ST
EF
FE
CT
IVE
LAN
26
PAN Slim 2Z 3-5
NO bull -
30
used in pair with LUN40 bull -
40
LUN
40 PAN Slim 2Z 3 used in pair with LAN40 bull -
LAX-LAZ
26
PAX Slim 2Z 3 no bull -
40
MONORACE LINEAR ROLLER SLIDER RANGE
CARATTERISTICHE MATERIALE E TRATTAMENTI
BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
NT Egrave possibile ordinare le guide a misura con trattamenti superficiali eseguiti successivamente al taglio quindi con le estremitagrave ossidate nere come il resto della guida aggiungendo il suffisso NT in coda al codice di ordinazione (la guida MRG18L non egrave fornibile in questa versione)
KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
11
Ground slider body
Slider finish Z = zinc
KB = black e-coat
Max load capacity (N)
Ratio max axrad load
capacity
Hardening process
Corrosion resistance of rail - salt
fog test
Rigidity Running smoothness
Version with INOX slider body and rollers
bull Z
2160
53
T RACE NOX 20
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-4720
11000
- KB
2160
-11000
11000
bull Z
4320
53
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
9720
- KB
4320
bull
ONLY RVS VERSIONS
9720
-
KB
2700
35
T RACENOX 10
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-
6750
KB
2700
-
6750
- KB
1520
35
T RACENOX
VERSION NT 120 HOURS
VERSION KB 700 HOURS
-1620
3240
- KB 2150 0 -
-
INOX 400
35 NO VERSION Pgt 1000 HOURS bull
Z 800
GE
NE
RA
L C
HA
RA
CT
ER
IST
ICS
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
12
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
T RACE continues to persue its mission of technological innovation after more than a decade of application success with the self-aligning MONORACE linear roller system in use by various industries This catalog introduces the evolved MRG43-46 series featuring optimized geometries material
and treatment improvements and advanced production process technology
CONSTRUCTION TECHNOLOGY NEW LINEAR ROLLER SERIES MRG ldquoHIGH PERFORMANCErdquo
New Gothic geometric raceway shape of both rollers and rail
bull SUPERIOR SMOOTH MOVEMENTbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull INCREASED LIFETIMEbull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITIYbull VERY COMPACTbull INTERNAL PROTECTED RACEWAYS
BLACK OXIDATION T RACE-NOX 20 MICRO-IMPREGNATION anticorrosion technology
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACE NOX 20 decade with improvement of the profile material and harde that comes after a decade to improve further the material of the guide and hardening treatment of deep thermochemical nitriding and post-black oxidation for effective corrosion protection
bull HIGHER SURFACE AND CORE HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HIGH LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE ANTI-CORROSION PROTECTION also on the
raceways with hard oxidized layer resistant to rolling tested to 120hours in salt spray
bull BLACK FINISH
NITRIDING HIGH DEPTHtechnology T-RACE NOX 20
COLD DRAWN HIGH STRENGTH STEEL ALLOY
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
13
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
Strong wipers with incorporated preoiled felt for slowly lubrication of raceways on both rail and bearing to provide long lifetime without maintenance System easy to replace with new sparepart-wiper Lateral seals fixed to the body of slider to limit the entrance of dirt and dust between the rollers
bull EXCELLENT PROTECTION AGAINST DUST AND DIRTbull INTEGRATED PREOILED FELT FOR LONG LIFETIMEAND LOW
MAINTENANCEbull SYSTEM SUITABLE IN HARSH ENVIROMENTS
New design double row ball-bearings with higher load capacity and gothic shaped raceways bull EXTREMELY SILENTbull HIGH SPEED bull GREATER CAPACITY LOADbull LIFETIME LUBRICATED WITH SPECIAL GREASE FOR A
WIDE OPERATING TEMPERATURE RANGE -40deg + 130deg Cbull NEOPRENE SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
Self-aligning parallel rails to compensate for large mounting inaccuracies both longitudinal and on transverse plane
bull Fast and easy installation also on inaccurate structures as for electrowelded- Sheet metal- or Aluminium-structures
bull Great production savings as NO requirements for precise assembly surfaces
Optional surface treatment for applications where a high corrosion resistance is required
T RACE e-coating 10 electrode position of black epoxy resin (VERSION KB) with controlled thickness on the whole rail surface with exception of the raceways opportunely masked before coating The raceways are standard oxidized steel protected by a thin layer of oil released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE FOR 700 HOURS IN SALT SPRAYbull SUPERB GLOSSY BLACK FINISH bull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OIL AND HYDROCARBONS
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
14
RACEWAY CONTACT OF ROLLERS FOR MR AND MRG RAILS
ROLLER POSITIONING
Sliders are available with either 3 or 5 rollers For the 3 roller version the first and third roller are fixed concentric rollers that run on the same raceway The second roller is eccentric and runs on the opposite racewayThe eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the railFor the 5 roller version the two lateral and the central roller are fixed and run on the same racewayThe second and fourth roller are eccentric and run on the opposite raceway The eccentric feature is used to adjust the slider preload in the rail Because one raceway contacts more rollers than the other raceway the sliders have a preferred loading directionThe slider is marked with two small circular notches indicating the direction with the most rollers and direction of preferred loading Care during assembly is required to ensure the maximum load capacity of the system is achieved
3-ROLLER SLIDER
5-ROLLER SLIDER
The rollers used in the sliders consist of three different geometries to achieve different levels of constraint within the railrsquos raceways
The guiding rollers RCV (concentric) REV (eccentric) are in contact with the raceways by 2 contact-points hereby creating a well constrained rollers on the raceway both in radial and axial direction
The Floating Rollers RCP (concentric) REP (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to float in the axial direction between the two shoulders The Roller can also rotate a little
The Flat full Floating Rollers RCU (concentric) REU (eccentric) engage only the peak of the raceway which constrains it radially but allows it to Float completely free in the axial direction without limitation Being completely cylindrical It allows axial travel more wide than RP-version but being free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom railwhen exceeding the nominal floating capacity The Roller can also rotate a little
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
15
COMPOSITION SLIDERS SERIES R and RG
THE GUIDING SLIDERS RV
By utilizing all guiding rollers RVRVS sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and sliders are obtained These sliders are completely constrained and will support loads and moments in all directions with the greatest capacity in the radial direction
THE FLOATING SLIDERS RP
By utilizing all floating rollers RPRPS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing sliders
THE EXTRA FLOATING RU
By utilizing all full flat floating rollers RU RUS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while floating and rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality to eliminating eventual binding problems typical for recyculating ball-bearing slidersExtra Floating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb larger parallelism errors in the mounting surfacesBeing completely cylindrical free from lateral shoulders it can run out of the rail or against the bottom rail when exceeding the nominal floating capacity The slider can to rotate a bit
THE ROTATING RA
By mixing guiding and floating rollers RA RAS sliders are obtained These sliders are able to carry full radial load while rotating a bit without affecting the preload or the smooth running quality meanwhile allowing for precise movement These sliders also retain the ability to guide the payload as it travels Rotating sliders are used in 2 rail systems to absorb angular errors in the mounting surfaces that cause traditional bearings to bindNew RAGRAGS sliders with MRG4346 rails offer greater rotation capacity compared with to RA sliders with MR43 rails
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
16
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA rotating slider and RP Floating sliders in the other rail the system can correct all faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RP sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF FULLY SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
By using a RA Rotation sliders and in the other rail RU Extra Floating sliders all errors can be corrected for faulty installation for a pair of rails In fact in addition to correction longitudinal parallelism error corrected by RU sliders Misalignment on the horizontal plane is too corrected thanks to some slight rotation of the RA sliders If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RA SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
COMPOSITION OF FULL-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
COMPOSITION OF SEMI-SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR E MRG RAIL
PAIR OF RAILSSEMI-SELFALIGNMENT
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RP Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct errors of longitudinal parallelism rail within the of the limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RP slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RP the slider may come generate friction or come in contactscratch bottom rail
PAIR OF RAILS SEMI-SELFALIGNING
Using a RV Guiding sliders in 1 rail and RU Extra Floating sliders in the other rail one can correct greater errors of longitudinal parallelism rail than compared to a combination of RV RP sliders limited by the axial excursion permitted by the RU slider If the error is greater than the axial excursion permitted by the carriage RU the slider may come out of the rails or come in contactscratch bottom rail
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + FLOATING RP SLIDERS
MR RAIL + GUIDING RV SLIDERS
MR RAIL + EXTRA FLOATING RU SLIDERS
δ
e
δ
δ
δ
α
α
e
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
17
Rotation slider Floation slider Extra Floation slider
Series Angle +- a Series Angle
+- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max Series Angle +- a Fnominal Dmin Dmax Fmin F max
Slider Rail Slider Rail Slider Rail
NO
RM
AL
RAG18 MRG18 1deg RPG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 045 1605 1695 RUG18 MRG18 1deg 165 -045 1 1605 175
RAG43 MRG43 15deg RPG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 11 359 381 RUG43 MRG43 15deg 37 -11 25 359 395
RAG43 MRG46 15deg RPG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 11 386 408 RUG43 MRG46 15deg 397 -11 25 386 422
RA28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 035 2365 2435 RU28 MR28 1deg 24 -035 2 2365 26
RA43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 07 363 377 RU43 MR43 1deg 37 -07 25 363 395
SL
IM
RAGS18 MRG18 1deg RPGS18 MRG18 15deg 147 -045 045 1425 1515 RUGS18 MRG18 1deg 147 -045 1 1425 157
RAGS43 MRG43 15deg RPGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 11 274 296 RUGS43 MRG43 15deg 285 -11 25 274 31
RAGS43 MRG46 15deg RPGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 11 301 323 RUGS43 MRG46 15deg 312 -11 25 301 337
RAS28 MR28 1deg RP28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 035 1795 1865 RU28 MR28 1deg 183 -035 2 1795 203
RAS43 MR43 1deg RP43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 07 275 289 RU43 MR43 1deg 282 -07 25 275 307
VERTICAL SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM
PAIR OF SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM FOR VERTICAL PANEL
For common movement of vertical panel the pair of rails can be composed as right side figur Upper part fixed to RA Rotation slidsers and bottom rail with RP Floating sliders or the RU Extra Floating sliders to correct all parallelism errors both perpendicular and longitudinal
SELF-ALIGNMENT CAPACITIES
α α
δ
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
18
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
MRG 18-43 RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG18L (2)
18 95 71 299 5 19 - M4X8 (Torx)
068MRG18S - - - 45 M4 DIN 7991
MRG43L43 18 135 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (Torx)288
MRG43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M4X8 (Torx) M4 8 8 19 T20 35 Nm
M8X16 (Torx)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12(1)
(Torx) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MRG L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MRG S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages MRG Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 20 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRGL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS(2) THE GUIDES ARE PROVIDED WITH COUNTERBORED HOLES WITHOUT THE PROTECTIVE TREATMENT
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRGL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRGS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG18 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MRG43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
19
MRG 46 RAILS
The new MRG46 rail differs from MRG43 rail as having a thicker C-shaped raceways to provide much greater inertial moment capacity to with-stand loads where the rail is not complely fixed or only fixed for a part (shaft type with ball bushings) ex door fixed to the rail while sliders the fixed structure so hereby the door flexion is a direct result of the railrsquos innertial moment The load capacity of the relative RG46 and RGS46 sliders are valid with completely fixed rail for its whole length the load capacity may be reduced when the rail is used with self-standing function according to its length not fixed The rail can be supplied without fixing holes or with special hole pitch when used with self-supporting function
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRG46L
WEIGHT 428 Kgm
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MRG46L - - - bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Codice guida
Lunghezza L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MRG46L bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
bull Available in stock
CodesA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MRG46L 46 21 162 77 15 9 5 M8 DIN7984 428
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
Moments of inertia
Section Ix (mm4) Iy (mm4)
MRG46 1865730 13527230
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MRG46L-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MRG46L-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MRG46L-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
20
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RG SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RVG RPG RAG RUG are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVG18-3
18 165 95 71 48 16 M5
78 70 20 52 75
3300 1600 690 3 9 15
RPG18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 15
RAG18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 15
RUG18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 10
RVG18-5
120 112 20 - 120
4455 2160 1150 6 18 48
RPG18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 48
RAG18-5 4455 2160 690 0 18 48
RUG18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 34
RVG43-3
43 37 18 135 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
Dimension of MG43 slider in a MRG46 rails
RVG43-3
46 397 21 162 145 395 M8
150 136 55 114 730
15200 8000 3570 37 95 160
RPG43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 160
RAG43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 95 160
RUG43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 112
RVG43-5
221 207 40 - 1130
20520 10800 5950 74 180 454
RPG43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 454
RAG43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 180 454
RUG43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 318
RG SLIDERS
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
GUIDING RVG43 SLIDER in MRG46 railsGUIDING RVG SLIDER
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
21
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RGS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVGS RPGS RAGS RUGS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RGS and RGS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVGS18-3
18 147 95 71 3 15
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
81 73 21
8
75
3300 1600 690 3 9 16
RPGS18-3 3300 1600 0 0 0 16
RAGS18-3 3300 1600 460 0 9 16
RUGS18-3 2300 1120 0 0 0 12
RVGS18-5
110 102 50 120
4455 2160 1150 6 16 39
RPGS18-5 4455 2160 0 0 0 39
RAGS18-5 4455 2160 690 0 16 39
RUGS18-5 3105 1512 0 0 0 28
RVGS43-3
43 285 18 135 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 2300 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
Below the dimensions for RG43 and RGS43 sliders in MRG46 rail
RVGS43-3
46 312 21 162 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
167 153 46
16
440
15200 8000 3570 37 109 184
RPGS43-3 15200 8000 0 0 0 184
RAGS43-3 15200 8000 2380 0 109 184
RUGS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 128
RVGS43-5
244 230 124 670
20520 10800 5950 74 202 496
RPGS43-5 20520 10800 0 0 0 496
RAGS43-5 20520 10800 3570 0 202 496
RUGS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 347
RGS SLIDER
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RVGS43 SLIDER in MRG46 railGuiding with threaded holes
RVGS SLIDERGuiding with threaded holes
CodeM
(mm)Type of
Fixing screws
RGS18-3M4 -
RGS18-5
RGS18-3COslash45 M4 ISO7380
RGS18-5C
RGS43-3M6 -
RGS43-5
RGS43-3COslash65 M6 DIN912
RGS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
22
LINEAR SELFALIGNMENT SYSTEM WITH MR RAILS AND R RS SLIDERS
The system is based on C-shaped profile with internal raceways and sliders with double row bearings with different numbers and type of rollers according to different load capacities and fixing possibilities
The precision rollers are lubricated for life and with 2RS seals The sliders comes in version with 3 or 5 rollers for which some with excentric pivot for preload setting The sliders have mounted strong wipers with preoiled felt for good cleaninglubrication of raceways to provide for long maintainance freeoperation
The turning parts are all well protected within the internal raceways and betweenthe wipers to provide the markets most compact and well protected roller linearsystem
The careful finish of the raceways and the build quality of components allow the use of high-speed linear guide up to 10m s with a low noise levelThe self-aligning compositions are illustrated in 14-17 pages
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
23
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
MR28L28 12 8 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 125
MR28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
MR43L43 18 132 5
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)304
MR43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX)
M816
16 3 T40 20 NmM8X12 (1)
(TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MR Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull MR L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull MR S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from simi-lar types of damages MR Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MRL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MRL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MRS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
MR28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
MR43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
MR RAILS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
MR43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
MR43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
MR43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
24
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
R SLIDERS
The Sliders Series RV RP RA RU are made of zinc plated grounded steel body with mounting holes parallel to the roller axis and perpendicular to the direction of preferred loading The sliders have sealed rollers wipers with lubricated felt at the ends longitudinal seals for optimal protection of the internal parts and a top sealing strip to prevent accidental tampering of the fixed rollers
R SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RV SLIDERS - guiding
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RV28-3
28 24 12 8 97 249 M5
102 94 35 78 240
6000 3200 1380 9 27 46
RP28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 46
RA28-3 6000 3200 920 0 27 46
RU28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 30
RV28-5
148 140 25 - 360
8100 4320 2300 18 46 120
RP28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 120
RA28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 46 120
RU28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 84
RV43-3
43 37 18 132 148 399 M8
147 136 55 114 730
14200 7200 3210 32 92 155
RP43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 155
RA43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 92 155
RU43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 1130
RV43-5
218 207 40 - 1130
19170 9720 5350 64 165 418
RP43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 418
RA43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 165 418
RU43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
25
HIG
H P
ER
FOR
MA
NC
E
RS SLIDERS
The sliders of the RVS RPS RAS RUS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RS and RS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
RVS SLIDERSGuiding and with threaded fixing holes
CARRELLI SERIE RS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RVS28-3
28 183 12 8 4 25
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
114 106 32
10
140
6000 3200 1380 9 30 52
RPS28-3 6000 3200 0 0 0 52
RAS28-3 6000 3200 920 0 30 52
RUS28-3 4600 2240 0 0 0 35
RVS28-5
164 156 82 210
8100 4320 2300 18 52 130
RPS28-5 8100 4320 0 0 0 130
RAS28-5 8100 4320 1380 0 52 130
RUS28-5 6210 3024 0 0 0 92
RVS28-4L
208 200 126 230
6000 3200 1840 18 73 202
RPS28-4L 6000 3200 0 0 0 202
RAS28-4L 6000 3200 920 18 73 202
RUS28-4L 4600 2240 0 0 0 142
RVS43-3
43 282 18 132 6 40
Se
e t
able
fo
r h
ole
s
164 153 46
16
440
14200 7200 3210 32 87 145
RPS43-3 14200 7200 0 0 0 145
RAS43-3 14200 7200 2140 0 87 145
RUS43-3 11400 5600 0 0 0 113
RVS43-5
241 230 124 670
19170 9720 5350 64 162 410
RPS43-5 19170 9720 0 0 0 410
RAS43-5 19170 9720 3210 0 162 410
RUS43-5 15390 7560 0 0 0 319
RVS43-4L
311 300 194 750
14200 7200 4280 64 257 698
RPS43-4L 14200 7200 0 0 0 698
RAS43-4L 14200 7200 2140 0 163 698
RUS43-4L 11400 5600 0 0 0 489
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
CodeM
(mm)Fixing
screws
RS28-3
M5 -RS28-4L
RS28-5
RS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RS28-4LC
RS28-5C
RS43-3
M6 -RS43-4L
RS43-5
RS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RS43-4LC
RS43-5C
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
IRVSX VersionsThe sliders in the sole RVS guiding versions are also available in stainless steel version RVSX The rollers are made in hardened stinless steel AISI 440C and the slider body in AISI 304 The load capacity the dimensions and the general characteristics are the same as the equivalent RVS versions
RVSX28-5 Guiding slider in stainless steel with five rollers
The versions RS4L are long 4 roller sliders designed to eventually replace two 3 roller sliders when load capacity permitted as a very economical solution - and too offer very high moment capacities for single slider
4 ROLLERS
The funtional characteristic and the dimension F related to nominal floating capacity for
-Floating slider RPG
-Extrafloating RUG
-Rotating slider RAG are listened on the pages 15-17
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
26
STA
ND
AR
D
LINEAR ROLLER SLIDES SERIES ML
The ML Series Linear Roller System consists of a C shaped steel rail with internal concave raceways where robust ball bearing rollers travel
The high precision rollers are lubricated for life and protected with 2Z seals Sliders are available with three or five rollers including eccentrics to adjust the sliderrsquos preload Both ends of the sliders are equipped with polyamide wipers to remove debris from the raceway and grease impregnated felt wip-ers to lubricate the raceways for long life with minimal maintenance
Sliders include a mix of concentric and eccentric rollers The eccentric rollers are used to preload the system and eliminate any play The preload can be adjusted to suit the particular application
Sliders are able to carry load and moment loads in all direction Because one of the rail raceways contacts more rollers than the other this direction is the prefered direction of radial loading Two small circular marks indicate the direction of preferred slider loading
The ML Systemsrsquos C shaped steel rail has internal raceways that are protect-ed from accidental damage Similarly the rollers are protected inside the rail and under the slider body
Overall the ML Systems is easy to assembly and extremely compact
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
27
STA
ND
AR
D
ML RAILS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)S
(mm)D
(mm)d
(mm)E
(mm)d2
(mm)Type of screws
Weight(Kgm)
ML28L28 115 82 3
11 6 2 - M5X10 (TORX) 096
ML28S - - - 55 M5 DIN 7991
ML43L43 183 1265 45
18 10 32 - M8X16 (TORX)237
ML43S - - - 85 M8 DIN 7991
Type of screws
M V G S ChTightening
torque
M5X10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
M8X16 (TORX) M8
1616 3 T40 20 Nm
M8X12(1) (TORX) 12
TECHNICAL FEATURES
The MRG Series Rails are available with two types of mounting holes bull ML L with counterbored mounting holes for special low head TORX mounting screws that are provided with the rail bull ML S with countersunk mounting holes for UNI-standard ISO5933 common screws The rail has a ldquoCrdquo shaped cross-section with interior convex raceways The convex raceways are polished for smooth low noise movement The interior raceways are protected from accidental bumps and other damages that might ruin the raceway surface The shape also protects the rollers from similar types of damages ML Rails are made from high strenght steel that is hardened through the innovative TRACE-NOX 10 high depth nitriding process and with an afterwards black oxidation that provides an excellent corrosion resistance This treatment is not a plating which can flake off but instead penetrates and alters the material surface The result is a very hard and durable corrosion resistance linear rail that is black in color due to the micro impregnation of oil and antioxidants
SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING OF MLL RAILS SUPPLIED WITH THE RAILS
VERSION WITH CYLINDRICAL HOLES MLL VERSION WITH CrsquoSUNK HOLES MLS SPECIAL SCREWS FOR FIXING
RAIL LENGTHS
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
ML28 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
ML43 bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull bull
From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
(1) CAN BE SUPPLIED ON REQUEST
bull Available in stock
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
ML43S-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
ML43S-1040-NT NT It is possible to order customized rails with surface treatments carried out after the cut Hereby the same treatment at the ends as on the whole rail - suffix NT at the end of the order code
ML43S-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
28
RL SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RL28-328 241 115 82 10 25 M5
105 97 35 78 220 4800 2000 750 5 13 27
RL28-5 151 143 25 - 330 6480 2700 1250 10 25 75
RL43-343 37 183 1265 15 40 M8
154 143 55 114 700 11600 5000 1875 21 54 107
RL43-5 226 215 40 - 1070 15660 6750 3125 41 95 285
RL SLIDERS
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
STA
ND
AR
D
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The RL sliders offer a strong steel body with 4 fixing holes equiped with wipers and preoiled felt
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
29
STA
ND
AR
D
RLS SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad(N)
Co ax(N)
Mx(Nm)
My(Nm)
Mz(Nm)
RLS28-3
28 181 115 82 4 25
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 114 106 32
10
140 4800 2000 750 5 16 32
RLS28-4L 208 200 126 210 4800 2000 1000 10 39 126
RLS28-5 164 156 82 230 6480 2700 1250 10 28 82
RLS43-3
43 28 183 1265 6 40
Ve
di t
abe
lla f
ori 164 153 46
16
440 11600 5000 1875 19 57 115
RLS43-4L 311 300 194 670 11600 5000 2500 37 150 485
RLS43-5 241 230 124 750 15600 6750 3125 37 106 310
3 ROLLERS 5 ROLLERS
RLS SLIDERS
RLS SLIDERS
Code M(mm) Type of screws
RLS28-3
M5 -RLS28-4L
RLS28-5
RLS28-3C
Oslash55 M5 DIN912RLS28-4LC
RLS28-5C
RLS43-3
M6 -RLS43-4L
RLS43-5
RLS43-3C
Oslash65 M6 DIN912RLS43-4LC
RLS43-5C
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
The sliders of the RLS series are characterized by a very slim slider body that allows a very compact installation dimension however with same load moment rotation floating capacities as standard thicker body sliders ndash RL The sliders are available in standard version with threaded mounting holes RLS and RLS version - With suffix C with cylindrical holes suitable for fixing from the inside with screws to ISO 3780 The socket head screw head does not interfere with rollers
4 ROLLERS
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
30
Excentric rollerConcentric roller
Roller positioning
YES
In addition to standard sliders rollers can also be fitted to custom sliders or even directly to mobile elements When doing so the following points must be kept in mind
The minimum number of rollers is 3 Of these 2 must be concentric rollers and located to run in the raceway of the rail that supports the main load The third must be an eccentric roller adjusted to run along the opposite raceway If more than two rollers are needed to support the main load only two must be fixed concentric rollers Additional load-bearing rollers must be eccentric rollers adjusted to run on the same raceway It is important to ensure that eccentric rollers used in this way are perfectly aligned in order to distribute load equally
At least one eccentric roller must be provided and adjusted to run on the opposite raceway in order to eliminate play Additional rollers may be needed on the basis of the direction of load eg to counteract bi-directional or overhung loads
Eccentric rollers used in this way must be located as near as possible to a concentric roller See the table alongside for minimum distances
The arrangement and number of rollers must always be determined by the amount and direction of load applied by the element the rollers support The overall load capacity of the assembly is limited by the maximum load capacity of the most highly loaded roller The roller bearing that takes the greatest load should always be a concentric roller
T-RACErsquos Technical Assistance Service is always happy to suggest the best arrangement of rollers for specific applicationsIf load is supported by more than two rollers (eg 3 4 or 5) on the same raceway and load is located centrally with respect to the set of rollers total load capacity is determined by the load capacity of one roller multiplied by the total number of rollers reduced by a suitable safety factor depending on the accuracy of alignment of the rollers and on the rigidity of the surface to which they are fixed
Holes in the mobile element intended to fix rollers in place must be of the bare minimum diameter necessary for the fixing screw to pass through and must be of the minimum length specified in the table
Fixing screws for eccentric rollers must always be fitted with a lock washer to permit adjustment of preload
The procedure for adjusting eccentric rollers is similar to that given on page 10 for standard sliders as are screw tightening torques
PHASE 1-2
Excentric for preload setting
Concentric Concentric
P
Excentric fixedConcentric Concentric
Excentric for preload settingP
Excentric fpr preload setting
ConcentricConcentric
P
NO
USE OF SINGLE WHEELS
RO
LL
ER
S
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
31
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR MRG RAILS
The precision rollers RG series for MRG rails have double-row ball-bearings to provide high-capacities both in radial as axial direction They are available in the guiding version RVG series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway Compared to rollers for MR rails these new rollers have Gothic shaped raceways for improved performance The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RPG rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RUG have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
GUIDING RV G ROLLER
GUIDING RVG ROLLER
EXTRA FLOATING RUG ROLLER
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
KeyA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coeffi-cientC (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV18G
Concentric
GUIDING
-132
7 46 11 3 68 M4 54
- - -
10
1650 800 230
RCP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
RCU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
REV18G
Excentric
GUIDING
04132
- - - 1650 800 230
REP18G FLOATING 1196 25 335 1650 800 0
REU18G EXTRA FLOATING 1195 1195 7 11 1150 560 0
RCV43G
Concentric
GUIDING
-
314
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RCU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43G
Excentric
GUIDING
08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REU43G EXTRA FLOATING 2859 2859 14 2 5700 2800 0
FLOATING RPG ROLLER
only for roller R43G
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Versions Axial floating X
RV18G GUIDING -
RP18G FLOATING +- 045
RU18G EXTRA FLOATING -045+1
RV43G GUIDING -
RP43G FLOATING +- 11
RU43G EXTRA FLOATING -11+25
Roller typed (mm)
Fixing holes (mm)
Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R18G 4 0-01 1 03 15
R43G 8 0-01 2 09 35
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
32 ROLLER RVGUIDING
ROLLER RUEXTRA FLOATING
ROLLER RPFLOATING
Only for ROLLERS R43
ROLLER RV GUIDING
ROLLERS FOR MR RAIL
The R Series precision rollers are double-row ball bearings for high load capacity both radial and axial direction They are available in the guiding version RV series with two contact points on the V-shaped roller raceway The Floating roller versions have one contact plane the axial floating of the RP rollers are limited by the two lateral shoulders The Extra floating rollers series RU have completely flat outer ring without lateral support The rollers are equipped with 2RS seals nitrile rubber with reinforced metal core The rollers are lubricated for life with lithium based grease Inner and outer bearing ring are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes The size 28 and 43 are also available in the stainless steel versions of RX series with rings and balls made of AISI 440C core hardened steel for applications where high corrosion resistance is required
Code Type VersionE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
(Key)A
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
RCV28
Concentric
GUIDING
-20
9 625 175 4
108
M5 7
- - -
20
3000 1600 460
RCP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
RCU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
REV28
Excentric
GUIDING
0620 108
- - - 3000 1600 460
REP28 FLOATING 179 3 475 3000 1600 0
REU28 EXTRA FLOATING 178 97 178 9 175 2300 1120 0
RCV43
Concentric
GUIDING
-304
14 9 2 6 15 M8 105
- - -
50
7100 3600 1070
RCP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
RCU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
REV43
Excentric
GUIDING
08304
- - - 7100 3600 1070
REP43 FLOATING272
4 7 7100 3600 0
REU43 EXTRA FLOATING 272 14 2 5700 2800 0
ALSO AVAILABLE IN INOX (RV28X - RV43X)
FLOATING CAPACITY HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Code Version Axial movement X
RV28 GUIDING -
RP28 FLOATING +-035
RU28 EXTRA FLOATING -035+2
RV43 GUIDING -
RP43 FLOATING +-07
RU43 EXTRA FLOATING -07+25
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
R28 5 0-01 1 04 23
R43 8 0-01 2 04 33
RO
LL
ER
S
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
33
ROLLERS FOR ML RAIL
The rollers of LN series have an inner construction with single row ball bearing They have metal 2Z seals and are lubricated for life lithium based grease The inner ball-cage is made of metal allowing for use in higher temperature ambients compared to MTMRG systems The bearing rings are made of core hardened bearing steel ground to DIN620 precision classes
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN28 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
LEN28 excentric 06 2400 1000 250
Code TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
keyN
(nn)Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
LCN43 concentric -356 11 935 375 1485
KLM4313 M8 50
5800 2500 625
LEN43 excentric 08 5800 2500 625
HOLE DIMENSIONING FOR FIXING ROLLERS
Roller type
d (mm)Fixing hole
s (mm)Min cylindrical part
e (mm)Axis difference to
excentric roller
Imin (mm)Suggested min
distance
LN28 5 0-01 1 04 26
LN43 8 0-01 2 04 38
RO
TE
LL
E
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
34
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST EFFECTIVE ROLLER SLIDERS LAN-LAZ-LAX SERIES
MARKETrsquoS ONLY NITRIDING HARDNED ROLLER LINEAR GUIDE
SILENT AND SMOOTH MOVEMENT
+
HARDENED FOR LONG LIFETIME WITH NO WEAR
WITHOUT MAINTENANCE
SELFALIGNING
+
+
+
MAXIMUM COMPACTNESSCompact C section rails in a range of sizes
with protected internal rollers
BLACK FINISH SLIDERSElegant top quality black finish obtained
by coating-free thermochemical treatmentFlame and abrasion resistant Does not flake off like zinc plating and other deposited treatments
OPTIMUM LUBRICATIONExtended maintenance-free lifetime thanks towipers with slow release felt lubricating padsthat deposit a thin film of oil on the raceways
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
35
MAXIMUM STRENGTHFully nitrided and black oxidised rails
for excellent wear resistance andeffective protection against corrosion
SMOOTH SLIDINGSuperbly smooth sliding thanks to optimal
preload adjustment of the eccentric rollers andgood lubrication provided by the wipers withincorporated felt impregnated with lubricant
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEMCan be used in conjunction with LUN U
section rails to create a self-aligning two-slide motion system capable of compensating
for installation alignment errors
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
COST-EFFECTIVE REVOLUTION IN LINEAR MOTION
GUIDES ARE WITH SMOOTH BLACK OXIDATION
STRONG WIPERS WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
bull KB VERSION FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull INOX VERSION
OPTION FOR CUSTOMIZED COLOUR - P VERSION
+
+
+
+
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
36
ldquoCOST EFFECTIVErdquo ROLLER SLIDERS CONSTRUCTIVE DESIGN
STEEL ROLLER BEARING WITH STEEL BALLCAGE AND LATERAL SEALS LUBED FOR LIFECONCENTRIC AND ECCENTRIC VERSIONS
bull WIDE TEMPERATURE RANGE -30 +170 deg Cbull PRE-LOAD ADJUSTABLE
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
37
Optional surface treatments where high corrosion resistance is required T-RACE e-coating 10 technology black epoxy resin electrodeposition (KB version) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways as marsked before electrodepositioning The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull CORROSION RESISTANCE TESTED FOR 700 HOURS IN SALTY FOG
bull SUPERB BLACK GLOSSY FINISHbull EXCELLENT RESISTANCE IN HUMID AMBIENTSbull GOOD RESISTANCE TO OILS AND HYDROCARBONS
Optional customized rail coloring for where special design look is required and too with high corrosion resistance T RACE technology p-color 10 based on epoxy paint Standard in white and red color (versions CW and CR) with controlled thickness on the entire surface except on the raceways which are masked previously to coloring The raceways remain with standard oxidation treatment and protected with a thin layer of lubricant released by the wipers
bull UNIQUE ESTHETIC COLORING FOR DESIGN NEEDS
BLACK OXIDATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE - T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
NITRIDING HARDENED RAILS FOR LONG LIFE-TIME
T RACE-NOX TECHNOLOGY
ROLLED-FORMED STEEL PROFILE WITH HIGH RESISTANCE
STRONG WIPERS OF THERMOPLASTIC ELASTOMER WITH INCORPORATED PREOILED FELT
CO
NST
RU
CTI
ON
TEC
HN
OLO
GY
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
38
LAN GUIDING RAIL
SLIDER WITH 3 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 3 AND 5 ROLLERS
SLIDER WITH 5 ROLLERS
CONTACT POINTSOF THE ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLERS
FIXED ROLLERS
ADJUSTABLE ECCENTRIC ROLLER
FIXED ROLLERS
LUN FLOATING RAIL
The two inclined bearing slopes run on the two slopes of the V-shaped raceways of the LAN rail This 2 points contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway assure both radial and axial load capacity
The flat central surface of the roller run on the flat raceway of the LUN rail This one point contact of each roller in upper or lower raceway provide only radial load capacity but allow for axial floating capability
CONFIGURATIONS
bull The sliders are available in 3 and 5 rollers configurationThe 3 roller version has the two lateral rollers aligned and in contact with the same raceway These two rollers are concentric and ldquofixedrdquo - blocked with Loctit The adjustable central roller is eccentric for preloading against the opposite raceway
bull The 5 roller version has the two lateral and central roller aligned against the same raceway These three rollers are ldquofixedrdquo The lateral are concentric rollers while the central is an eccentric roller The two adjustable rollers next to the lateral roller are eccentric and preloaded against the opposite raceway
MAXIMUM LOAD CAPACITY
The slidersrsquo max radial load capacities are given by the highest number of rollers aligned against the same raceway As non symmetric roller positioning the sliders must be positioned correctly during installation to obtain listed radial load capacities Circular marks on the slider body indicate the side with most rollers in contact with same raceway
ROLLER POSITIONING FOR SLIDERS ASSEMBLED WITH LA LUN RAILS
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
Circular dots on the slider body identify the fixed rollers the side with max radial load capacity
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
39
LENGTHS L
PITCH
GUIDE SERIE LAN E LUN ldquoNITRURATErdquo
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codes
Length L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAN 26
LAN 30
LAN 40
LUN 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
DESIGN
bull Our new LAN and LUN series rails are made from sheet steel and shaped by high precision ultra-smooth forming rollers They are then fully nitrided black oxidised and impregnated with rust inhibitor for maximum corrosion resistance
RAIL MOUNTING HOLES
bull Rail mounting holes have an 80 mm pitch Either ISO 7380 button head Allen screws or T-RACE flat head M-TORX series screws can be used
LAN SERIES LUN SERIES
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAN 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAN 30 295 15 10 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 095
LAN 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
LUN 40 385 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 170
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAN 26LAN 30
KIT-40VB-E0510ZBM5x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZBM8x10
ISO 7380 M5 10 10 2 T25 9 Nm
LAN 40LUN 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZBM8x10
(ISO 7380)
M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZBM8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZBM8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
STANDARD ISO 7380 SCREWS
SPECIAL T RACE 40VC-SP01 SCREWS
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAN40-1040 BASE Rolled steel rail with ldquoT RACE NOXrdquo nitriding hardening black oxidation cut to size after treatment The cut ends are protected with black spray paint
LAN40-1040-KB KBAs base version but with additional treatment ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black electro painting on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
LAN40-1040-CW CW o CRAs base version but with additional coloring ldquoT RACE p-color 10rdquo CW is white-color version and CR is red-color version - on the entire surface except on the inner raceway area providing a high corrosion resistance up to 700 hours in salty fog The raceways are still protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
40
PAN26-3T PAN26-5T
PAN26 - PAN30 SLIDERS
PAN26-3 PAN26-5
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN26-3
26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5
-92 30
1001280 1120 380 3 9 16
PAN26-3T 104 110
PAN26-5 -142 25
1401730 1520 540 5 15 45
PAN26-5T 154 150
PAN30-3
295 199 15 10 33 4 20 M5
-92 30
1201360 1200 420 4 10 17
PAN30-3T 104 130
PAN30-5 -142 25
1601830 1620 580 6 17 50
PAN30-5T 154 170
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The PAN26 -PAN30 sliders have slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis paintingfor for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5rollers with and without wipers
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
41
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
MyPAN40-3T PAN40-5T
PAN40 SLIDERS
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH LAN40 RAIL
PAN40-3 PAN40-5
SLIDER WITH LUN40 RAILTHE USE OF LUN40 RAIL IS DESCRIBED ON PAGE 46
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
Code TypeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAN40-3
LAN40 39 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 2400 820 10 25 50
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 3240 1150 18 42 125
PAN40-5T 208 620
PAN40-3
LUN40 38 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120
23
4302720 1600 0 0 0 34
PAN40-3T 148 450
PAN40-5 -195 105
6003670 2160 0 0 0 84
PAN40-5T 208 620
The PAN40 slider has slim steel body with black glossy cataphoresis painting for for high corrosion resistance They are available in 3 and 5roller version with and without wipers
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
42
PASSO
LENGTHS L
LAX RAILS
bull The LAX rails with its PAX sliders and rollers are made entirely of stainless steel They offer a simple and practical solution for all applications where high corrosion resistance is required in particular for food industry chemical pharmaceutical and medical industries
bull For applications in sever marine environments is proposed the version with all parts electro polished ( p-version) for extra high corrosion resistances The produst is easily washable for applications subject to frequent cleaning and do not release particles in the environment and is particularly indicated for clean-room applications They are available in two sizes 26 and 40 mm
FIXING HOLES
bull Rails have fixing pitch 80mm for standard INOX Botton-head screws ISO 7380
SERIE LAX
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAX 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAX 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAX 26
LAX 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAX26 - LAX40 INOX RAILS
VITI INOX STANDARD ISO 7380
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26 KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5X10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3
LAZ 40 KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8X10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
The screws are not supplied with rails can be bought separately
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAX40-1040 BASE Profiled rail INOX AISI 304
LAX40-1040-P P As base rail but with electro polished after cutting to size Tested to 1000 hours in salty fog
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
43
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAX26 - PAX40 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAX26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAX40-3395 2865 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAX26-3
PAX40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDERS with wipers
SLIDER WITH PAX26 RAIL
PAX40-3
SLIDER WITH PAX40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
The sliders are composed of a stainless steel AISI 304 body and 3 stainless steel AISI 440 rollers without wipers The version with wipers is available only for the size 40
All sliders are also available in a fully electro-polished version P For the order code add suffix-P (eg PAX40-3-P)
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
44
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
PASSO
LENGTH L
LAZ RAILS
bull The LAZ rails with its PAZ sliders are made of zinc plated steel while the rollers are hardened bearing steel They offer a simple and economical solution for a wide range applications where high prequency is not required
bull The compact overall dimensions internal protected raceways the ease of assembly and the good ratio of load capacity size make this product a winning choise compared to other self-built or available solutions on the market The rails are availablein two dimensions 26 and 40 mm
SERIE LAZ
VITI STANDARD ISO 7380
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
FIXING SCREW DIMENSIONS
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
LAZ 26
LAZ 40
DIMENSIONS From 160 mm to 2000 mm
RAIL SIZE
bull Available in stock
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
LAZ26 - LAZ40 RAILS
Referencecode
A (mm)
B (mm)
C (mm)
d (mm)
E (mm)
Screwtype standard
WEIGHT (kg)
LAZ 26 26 14 95 65 25 M5 (ISO 7380) 080
LAZ 40 395 21 13 9 3 M8 (ISO 7380) 155
Referencecode
KIT CODE (100 pz)
Screwtype M V G S Ch Tightening
torque
LAZ 26
KIT-40VB-E0510ZB M5x10 (ISO 7380) M5 10 95 27 3 9 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010510ZB M5x10 (TORX) M5 10 10 2 T25 10 Nm
LAZ 40
KIT-40VB-E0810ZB M8x10 (ISO 7380) M8 10 14 43 5 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010816ZB M8x16 (TORX) M8 16 16 3 T40 20 Nm
KIT-40VC-SP010812ZB M8x12 (TORX) M8 12 16 3 T40 20 Nm
le viti non vengono fornite assieme alle guide
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
LAZ40-1040 BASE Rolled formed steel zinc plated with the rails ends with protective zinc-spray after cutting to size
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
45
VITI SPECIALI T RACE 40VC-SP01
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
PAZ26 SLIDERS
CodeE
(mm)F
(mm)G
(mm)H
(mm)S
(mm)I
(mm)L
(mm)M
(mm)A
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)Weight
(g)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
PAZ26-3 26 22 14 95 37 4 20 M5 - 80 30 - 95 800 400 3 9 12
PAZ40-339 28 21 13 5 6 35 M6
-135 120 23
430 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T 148 450 1600 800 9 23 32
PAZ40-3T
SLIDERS without wipers
SLIDER WITH LAZ26 RAIL
PAZ26-3
SLIDER WITH LAZ40 RAIL
Mz
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
PAZ40-3
The sliders PAZ26 for the rail LAZ26 feature of a zinc plated steel body with two fixing holes
With the rail LAZ40 canbe used the sliders PAN40-3 indicatedalso on page 41 that have a bodywith surface treatment T RACE e-coating10 black color
SLIDERS with wipers
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
46
Limit towards insideof rail with standard
ISO 7380 screws
In two-slide linear motion systems you can use one LAN40 rail with one LUN40 rail with PAN40 sliders in both rails This combination creates a self-aligning system capable of tolerating alignment errors of up to 34 mm
The sliders in the LAN40 guiding rail are rigidly connected via the mobile element to the sliders in the LUN40 floating rail on the other side The LAN40 guiding rail ensures play-free linear motion(see the description of points of contact on page 5) The sliders in the LUN40 floating rail are therefore also play-free but able to move axially across the flat raceways This system avoids overload on the sliders as the result of rail alignment error
The limit of axial movement of PAN40 sliders towards the inside of LUN40 rails is determined by the size of the heads of the rail fixing screws (see figures below) In particular T RACErsquos special flat head DIN 7991 screws permit approximately 1 mm of extra axial movement compared to standard ISO 7380 screws
The limit of axial movement towards the outside of the LUN40 rail is determined by the point of departure of the roller from the raceway The limit specified in the catalogue guarantees sufficient contact between rollers and raceway to support rated load
Sliders in LUN40 rails offer less load capacity than the same sliders in LAN40 rails (See the table on page 41)
LUN40 RAIL
LAN40+LUN40 SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM
LUN40 RAIL
Permissible alignment error
Axial movement 34 mm
Min - Max axial movement
Limit towards outside with full load capacity
Limit towards insideof rail with TORX DIN
7991 screws
CO
ST
EFF
EC
TIV
E
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
47
ROLLERS FOR LAN AND LUN SERIES RAILS
As an alternative to our standard 3 and 5-roller sliders rollers for use with LAN and LUN rails can also be mounted on custom sliders or directly on the mobile element In such cases the number arrangement and types of roller need to be chosen to match the requirements of the application See page 30 for assembly and adjustment instructions
All our rollers are made from core tempered and precision ground bearing grade carbon steel Rollers are of the single row ballbearing type with the balls held in place by a metal cage Precision ground surfaces ensure a smooth silent rolling action
Rollers are also fitted with 2Z rated metal shields to protect the ball bearings raceway and ensure good resistance to hightemperatures The ball bearing is lubricated for life with a wide temperature ranging lithium soap grease The mounting axle is made in one piece with the inner bearing for maximum strength Rollers come in two types eccentric and concentric
PEN and PCN series rollers for size 26 and 40 rails have a hexagonal recess for an Allen key in the side opposite the threaded fixing hole This serves to hold the axle steady while the fixing screw is being tightened with a second Allen key On eccentric rollers it also serves to adjust roller position so as to reach the desired preload setting PEV and PCV rollers for size 30 rails have a special central square pivot accessible with a flat key inserted between slider body and eccentric rollers The flat key is supplied by T RACE
Roller code
TypeRailtype
E(mm)
D(mm)
C(mm)
M(mm)
G(mm)
P (mm)
N (Key)
B(mm)
Weight(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm)Co rad
(N)Co ax (N)
PCN26 concentricLA
-202 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
640 560 126
PEN26 eccentric 06 640 560 126
PCN40 concentricLA
-
315 10 965 465 105
5 M6 48
1360 1200 410
PEN40 eccentric 07 1360 1200 410
PCN40 concentricLU
- 910 800 0
PEN40 eccentric 07 910 800 0
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCX26 concentric -203 6 85 55 82
44 M5 13
900 400 148
PEX26 eccentric 06 900 40 148
PCX40 concentric -315 10 965 465 10
55 M6 48
1800 800 296
PEX40 eccentric 07 1800 800 296
Roller code
TypeE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)P
(mm)
N (Key)B
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic load
factor C (N)
Load capacity
Key N (mm) Co rad (N) Co ax (N)
PCN30 concentric -2315 7 6 25 65
KLM2810 M5 20
2400 1000 250
PEN30 eccentric 06 2400 1000 250
only for ROLLER PX26
Roller type
d (mm)Diameter of fixing
screw hole
s (mm)Length of hole
e (mm)Hole alignment
error
Imin (mm)recommended centre to centre
distance
26 5 0-01 1 02 22
30 5 0-01 1 02 25
40 6 0-01 15 04 34
DRILLING OF ROLLER SUPPORTS
RO
LL
ER
S
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
48
I VA
NTA
GG
I
FLEXRACE a very flexible linear system with unique assembly possibilities The FLEXRACE system provides an extremely versatile linear system with three raceways each with 90degree allowing great variety of rail roller configurations for a wide range of applications FLEXRACE is designed to be a strong and simple multitask linear system for larger handling and automation applications It is a Low -cost easy to assemble system that offers smooth motion even on inaccurate surfaces
ldquoMODULARrdquo FXRG RAIL - UNIQUE ASSEMBLY POSSIBILITIES
New GEOMETRICAL DESIGN of the contact areas based on Gothic arch raceways ldquoGrdquo
bull SUPERIOR SLIDINGbull VERY LOW FRICTIONbull LONG LIFETIMEbull GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull VERY COMPACT DESIGN
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE-NOX 20 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION FOR HIGH CORROSION RESISTANCE
Technological evolution of the patented process T RACENOX 20 based on a decade of experience to further improve therail material and thermochemical hardening treatment ofdeep nitriding and post-oxidation black for an effectivecorrosion protection
bull VERY HIGH HARDNESSbull RESISTANCE TO HEAVY LOADSbull VERY LOW WEARbull EFFECTIVE CORROSION PROTECTION Also on raceways tested to 120 hours in salt fogbull SMOOTH BLACK FINISH
New rollers double row bearings with increased thickness of outer ring gothit profile and super finished raceways
bull INCREASED LOAD CAPACITYbull INCREASED LIFETIMEEXTbull EXTREMELY LOW NOISEbull HIGH SPEEDbull LUBRICATED WITH LOW-TEMPERATURE GREASE
- TEMPERATURE RANGE -40 deg to + 130 deg Cbull NEOPRENE LATERAL SEALS FOR DUST PROTECTION
SELF-ALIGNING SYSTEM when using two parallel rails compensating large assembly inaccuracies on both longitudinal and transversal plane
bull ALLOW FOR INSTALLATION ON NON PRECISE STRUCTURES - WELDED CARPENTERY OR ALUMINIUM FRAME STRUCTUTRES
bull DO NOT REQUIRE MACHINED FIXING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION COST SAVING AS EASY AND FAST ASSEMBLY
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE-NOX 20
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
49
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
The FRXG rail allows realization of a wide range of configurations when using two or more rails in parallel Depending on required load and moment capacitiesdirection more single rollers and standard sliders are used to obtain unique Self-aligning systemsThe below illustrated configurations can be offered by T RACE or made locally Contact T RACE for eventual support in dimensioning customized systems
FXRG RAIL WITH GUIDING SLIDERwith limited rotational capacity
COMBINATION OF TWO TXRG RAIL with resting load
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO PARALLEL FXRG RAILSwith self-aligning capacity
CONFIGURATION WITH TWO FXRG RAILS to form a single rail with a slider allowing for high Mx moments
TELESCOPIC CONFIGURATIONcomposed of two FXRG rails with rollers inbetween the rails fixed to mobile part and rollers on fixed structure running on outer raceways providing a customized solutions for telescopic movements
CONFIGURATION OF TWO FXRG RAILSwith high cantilever load capacity meanwhile too Self-aligning
Rotation+- 5deg
P
Prad
Pax
Mx
PMx
P
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
50
Rail codesLength L (mm)
2080 2160 2240 2320 2400 2480 2560 2640 2720 2800 2880 2960 3040 3120 3200 3280 3360 3440 3520 3600 3680 3760 3840 3920 4000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 2080 mm to 4000 mm
Rail codesLength L (mm)
160 240 320 400 480 560 640 720 800 880 960 1040 1120 1200 1280 1360 1440 1520 1600 1680 1760 1840 1920 2000
FXRG
DIMENSIONS From 400 mm to 2000 mm
bull Available in stock
MO
DU
LA
R
FXRG rail is a high precision cold drawn profile of high strength nitriding steel After a high depth nitriding hardening treatment the rails are oxidized all according to patentet T RACE-NOX innovative process assuring a high hardness and excellent corrosion resistance The characteristic black color on the whole rail is the result of oxidation and subsequent process of microimpregnazione with oils and substances for improved smoothness and long life The fixing holes are for standard M6 cylindrical low head screws DIN 7984 with 80mm pitch
FXRG RAIL
AXIAL MOVEMENT OF FLOATING ROLLER RPG43 WITH FXRG RAIL
Rotation of guiding rollerRVG43 ON FXRG RAIL
Position of guiding rollerCONCENTRIC RCV43G ON THE THREE RACEWAYS
AVIALABLE LENGTHS
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)S
(mm)H
(mm)C
(mm)d
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)Tipo vite
M(mm)
N(mm)
Peso(g)
FXRG 2702 2252 700 1204 1650 650 1100 420 M6 DIN 7984 1852 1250 248
fi(mm)
gi(mm)
fe(mm)
ge(mm)
fs(mm)
gs(mm)
782 2550 3282 2550 2150 3682
CodeP
(mm)movement
P min(mm)
P min(mm)
FXRG 2550 +-1 2450 2650
Version FXRG--C with additional slot
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
FXRG43-1040 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 20rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
51
Rollercode
Type VersionsE
(mm)D
(mm)C
(mm)M
(mm)G
(mm)N
chiaveA
(mm)B
(mm)P
(mm)F
(mm)L
(mm)H
(mm)Weight
(g)
Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Corad (N) Coax (N)
RCV43GConcentric
GUIDING-
314
14 9 2 615
M8 105
- - -
50
7600 4000 1190
RCP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
REV43GExcentric
GUIDING08
314 - - - 7600 4000 1190
REP43G FLOATING 315 2859 6 6 7600 4000 0
RV GUIDING ROLLER
RP FLOATING ROLLER
Only for ROTELLE R43G
GUIDING ROLLER RVG AND FLOATING ROLLER RPG
RO
LL
ER
S
ROLLERS FOR FXRG RAIL
When the FXRG rails are used in parallel use of floating rollers RP43G and guiding rollers RV43G provide a Self-aligning system capable of compensating greate inaccuracies of structure or assembly errors When the guiding rollers RVG43 are in contact with the FXRGrsquos gothic racewacs the rollers assure precise guiding and meanwhile also compensation for some misalignment as able to rotate slightly around its longitudinal axis of about +- 5 deg Combined with floating rollers RPG43 on a parallel rail such system can compensate an axial displacement of +- 1 mm in addition to a max rotation of +- 5 deg
The combination effect of both rotation and lateral movement allow two parallel rails to compensate for misalignment on both a) and b) level
COMBINAZIONI AUTOALLINENATI
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
52
The concentric rollers should be positioned in the direction of radial loading Warning A single slider configuration will rotate +- 5deg around the longitudinal axis of a single FXRG rail not able to take any Mx moments
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
SINGLE RAILWITH 3 ROLLERS SLIDER
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
SINGLE RAILWITH 5 ROLLER SLIDER
It is recommended in the case of use of more than two rollers on the same track with max radial load to use only two concentric rollers (as from example figure) The other rollers are recommended to be eccentric rollers For cases with a wider distance between the concentric rollers too possible with all concentric rollers contact T RACErsquos Technical Office for dimensioning
DOUBLE RAILWITH SLIDER FOR HIGH OVERTURNING MOMENTS
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
Eccentric rollers REVG43
Concentric rollers RCVG43
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
53
Standard Allen-key
In case required to have eccentric rollers on the internal rail side it is necessary to include optional quarries needed to allow Allen-key to reach roller Otherwise the adjustment can take place outside of the rail
The rollers need to be positioned on the rail in numbers and directions according to the prevailing load The rollersrsquo load capacity is shown on page 51 It is always preferable to orient the rollers so that the prevailing load acts radially on the rollers due to higher radial load capacity than axial load capacity
MOUNTING CONFIGURATIONS
Co rad
Co ax
The rollers must be fixed on a metal surface not yielding perfectly flat and with its fixing screws applying a locking torque of 22 Nm The tightening of the fixing-screw is to be performed while holding the roller firm with an Allen-wrench present on the opposite side of the fixing thread In case use of eccentric rollers it is advisable to use a cup-spring washer under the screw-head to obtain a pasty movement able to maintain the roller ldquofirmrdquo against the surface and facilitate minor adjustment of eccentric roller before the final locking
The preload adjustment can also be carried out by checking the force Fi of insertion of the movable part in which the rollers are fixed into the rail In general for a good Fi adjustment the inserting friction must be between 2-10 N To increase or decrease the Fi act on eccentric rollers opposite to the load direction (see figure below)
Concentric roller RCVG43 Concentric roller RCVG43
Eccentric roller to be aligned along with lateral concentric rollers
Eccentric rollers to be preloaded against raceway
Configutation possibilities
TEC
HN
ICA
L FE
ATU
RES
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
54
AD
VA
NTA
GE
S
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
BALLCAGE LINEAR GUIDESThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one or more sliders moving within a ballcage inbetween the railrsquos raceways The components are the same as the SR series with the same excellent characteristics
INNOVATION OF TRADITIONAL BALLCAGE SLIDESbull TECHNICALLY ADVANCED MATERIALSbull RECENT TECHNOLOGY OF SURFACE HARDENINGbull INNOVATIVE TREATMENT FOR REDUCED WEARbull LIFETIME CONSTANT PRELOADbull NO PLAY ELIMINATION OF TYPICAL PROBLEMS
RELATED TO TRADITIONAL ZINC PLATED SLIDES
GREATER LOAD CAPACITYbull LARGE BALL DIAMETERbull INCREASED NUMBER OF BALLS PER CAGE LENGTHbull RACEWAYS WITH HIGH HARDNESS
GREATER IMPACT RESISTANCE OF BALLCAGE RE-POSITIONINGbull METAL CAGE WITH REINFORCING RIBSbull ROBUST CAGE END-STOPPERS
IMPROVED CORROSION PROTECTIONbull COMPLETE CORROSION PROTECTION ON ALL SURFACESbull IMPROVED PROTECTION COMPARED TO TRADIOTIONAL ZINC PLATING
BLACK OXIDATION technology T RACE NOX 10 AND MICRO IMPREGNATION for high corrosion resistance
HIGH DEEPT NITRIDING HARDENING technology T RACE NOX 10
HIGH STRENGTH COLD DRAWN STEEL PROFILE
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
55
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
SF STANDARDThe SF series is a linear guide formed by one moving slider within one ballcage The stroke is limited by the ballcage length and the rail lengthAvailable a large number of standard combinations of rail and slider lengths
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN THE SAME BALLCAGEThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders spaced apart within the same ballcage This configuration is useful when the length of the mobile starts is important The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDER IN SEPARATE BALLCAGESThe SF ballcage slides can be configured on request with two sliders in two separate ballcages This allow independent movements of the two sliders in opposite directions for example for sliding door the opening with two panels which converge in closing The size of sliders and length of rails can be chosen from standard SF series
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
56
HIG
H L
OA
D
ldquoHIGH LOADrdquo BALLCAGE SLIDES - SF SERIES
SF28 SLIDERS
SDynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
60 3672 3600 2280 26 23 36
80 4896 4800 3040 35 41 64
130 7956 7800 4940 57 107 169
210 12852 12600 7980 93 279 441
290 17748 17400 11020 128 533 841
370 22644 22200 14060 163 867 1369
450 27540 27000 17100 198 1283 2025
-
-
CodeA
(mm)B
(mm)C
(mm)D
(mm)E
(mm)G
(mm)LG
(mm)F
(mm)W
(mm)H
(mm)
Rail weight(Kgm)
Slider weight(Kgm)
SF28 28 13 145 115 14 M5 6 Oslash 55 for screw M5 DIN7991 40
L-S-W
1 07
SF35 35 17 16 157 175 M6 7 Oslash 65 for screw M6 DIN7991 50 17 1
SF43 43 22 21 183 215 M8 115 Oslash 85 for screw M8 DIN7991 50 24 18
SF35 SLIDERS
S Dynamic
coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 9547 11700 6755 91 146 254
210 15422 18900 10912 158 382 662
290 21298 26100 15069 218 728 1262
370 27173 33300 19226 279 1186 2054
450 33048 40500 23383 339 1754 3038
530 38923 47700 27540 399 2433 4214
610 44798 54900 31697 460 3222 5582
SF43 SLIDERS
S Dynamic coefficient
C (N)
Load capacity
Co rad (N)
Co ax (N)
Mx (Nm)
My (Nm)
Mz (Nm)
-
-
130 15587 14300 9230 162 200 310
210 25179 23100 14910 262 522 809
290 34771 31900 20590 361 995 1542
370 44363 40700 26270 461 1620 2510
450 53955 49500 31950 561 2396 3713
530 63547 58300 37630 660 3324 5150
610 73139 67100 43310 760 4403 6822
Rail dimensions and fixing holes
L (mm) 130 210 290 370 450 530 610 690 770 850 930 1010 1090 1170 1250 1330 1410 1490 1570 1650 1730 1810 1890 1970
m (mm) 25
p (mm) 80
fori (ndeg) 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
SF28
SF35
SF43
Slider dimentions and fixing holes
S (mm) 60 80 130 210 290 370 450 530 610
t (mm) 10 10 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
r (mm) 20 20 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
fori (ndeg) 3 4 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
SF28
SF35
SF43
ORDER CODES VERSION CHARACTERISTICS
SF43-210-270-530 BASE Cold drawn profile with high depth nitriding hardening ldquoT RACE NOX 10rdquo oxidation with micro oil impregnation Ends are cut to size after treatments and sprayed with protective black paint
SF43-210-270-530-KL KLAs base version but with additional ldquoT RACE e-coating 10rdquo black cataphoresis paint for high corrosion resistance ( tested for 700hours in salty fog) on the entire surface except on the raceways which however remain protected by the standard oxidation and raceway lubrication
SF43-210-270-530-KB KB As KL version but with Ballcage and balls in INOX
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
57
CO
NFI
GU
RA
ZIO
NI
CONFIGURATIONS
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370-350-770 Prodotto standardS (370 mm) = Slider lengthH (350 mm) = Stroke minL (770 mm) = Rail length
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-370 (130+130) 350-770 Version with double slider and one cage
S (370) = Total length of two sliders combining slider s1 and s2 both long 130mm in same ballcageH (350) = Stoke minL(770mm) = Rail length
SF STANDARD
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SAME BALLCAGE
Product code Type Characteristics
SF43-2x130-230-770 Version with double sliders in separate ballcages with independent stroke
2x = number of sliders per railS (130) = Slider length each slider in own ballcageH (230) = Stoke minL (770mm) = Rail length
SF WITH DOUBLE SLIDERS IN SEPARATE BALLCAGES
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
58
LUB
RIF
ICA
ZIO
NE
LUBRICATION AND USE OF WIPERS
All trolleys are supplied complete with wipers containing a synthetic felt soaked in lubricating oil which release a thin lubricating film on the raceways for long period of proper operation The period of self-lubrication dependent on conditions of use level of environmental pollution
In most normal conditions the self-lubricating wipers can last upto 1000 km They can can be easily replaced with a replacement kit of10wipers per kit see table The rollers are lubricated for life with grease lithium soaps and with 2RS or 2Z lateral seals depending on version
Correct lubrication is very important to ensure a long lifetime For applications with high frequency is recommended to clean and re-grease the railrsquos raceways periodically every year or every 200000 cycles depending on the operation environment We recommend using high pressure fat class NLGI2(ISO2137)
Kit code Rail reference Slider reference
KIT-KT-RG18MRG18
RG18
KIT-KT-RGS18 RGS18
KIT-KT-RG43MRG43
RG43
KIT-KT-RGS43 RGS43
KIT-KT-R28MR28
R28
KIT-KT-RS28 RS28
KIT-KT-R43MR43
R43
KIT-KT-RS43 RS43
KIT-KT-RL28ML28
RL28
KIT-KT-RLS28 RLS28
KIT-KT-RL43ML43
RL43
KIT-KT-RLS43 RLS43
KIT-KT-LA26 LA26 PAN26
KIT-KT-LA30 LA30 PAN30
KIT-KT-LA40 LA40PAN40PAX40PAZ40
Every kit is composed of 10 single wipers
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
59
DIM
EN
SIO
NA
ME
NT
O
fa Application conditions
07-1 Good lubrication and wipers mounted ndash No impurities on raceways ndash Correct installation
02-05 Normal dusty factory ambient some vibrations temperature changes no wipers
005-01 Poor Lubrication dusty ambient vibrations high temperature changes no wiper
L (Km)= 100 bull ( P )3
bullfc
bull faC n
C = Dynamic load coefficient of slider
P = The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider
fc =
Coefficient depending on the actual stroke length This factor takes into account applications with short stroke With value 1 the stroke is superior to 2m with shorter stroke the value is less ref ldquoGraph Coefficient Fcrdquo
n = Number of sliders in same rail passing same raceway point
fa =Coefficient taking into account operational ambient and level of correct lubrication of raceways
The correction factors fc and fa applied to the theoretical calculation formula have the sole purpose of guiding the designer qualitatively on the influence in the lifetime estimation of the real application conditions without any pretense of precision For more details please contact the Technical Service T RACE
COEFFICIENT fc
1
075
05
025
0
fc
250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 Corsa mm
The equivalent load applied on the most stressed slider = P is determined by below formula
P = Prad + ( Pax + Mex + Mey + Mez ) bull Co radCoax Mx My Mz
After identifying the most appropriate positioning of rails and sliders or eventually the single rollers it is necessary to verify the proper sizing of the linear components This both from a static point of view and in accordance to the expected life-time For the static verification it is necessary to determine the load on each slider or roller and then identify the most stressed one Then verify the values of the safety coefficients while comparing with the max nominal load capacities When the applied load is a combination of loads radial andor axial loads and moments it is necessary to determine the value of each factor and verify that
Pax = axial load component
Prad = radial load component
Mex Mey Mez = applied moments
Co ax = axial load capacity
Co rad = radial load capacity
Mx My Mz = resistance capacity to moments
Z = safety coefficient gt = 1
NOTE Co rad the radial load capacity for the sliders is to be understood only indirection shown on the slider body with two circular imprints
Co rad
Cax
Mx
My
Mz
IT IS RECOMMENDED TO APPLY THE FOLLOWING VALUES TO SAFETY COEFFICIENT Z
Z Application conditions
1-15 Accurate determination of static and dynamic loads Precise assembly tight structure
15-2 Avarage conditions
2-35Insufficient determination of applied loads Vibrations loose structure Imprecise assembly Unfavourable invironmental conditions
LOAD DIRECTION
PradCo rad
PaxCo ax
Mex Mx
Mey My
Mez Mz
1Z+ + lt=+ +
SIZING VERIFICATION
THEORETICAL LIFETIME CALCULATION
The theoretical life of the rollers and raceways of rail should be determined by the conventional formula as indicated below in km of running however it should be kept in mind should keep in mind that the value thus calculated must be taken with caution just for orientation in fact the real service life achieved can be very different from that calculated value because the phenomena of wear and fatigue are caused by factors not easy to predetermine for example
bull Inaccuracy in the estimation of the real loading conditionbull Overloading for inaccuracies assemblybull Vibration shock and dynamic pulse stressbull Raceways status of lubrication
bull Thermal excursionsbull Environmental pollution and dustbull Damage mountingbull Stroke length and frequency of movement
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
60
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
61
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
62
APPENDIX TO THE CATALOG
Nel sito T RACE associato al QR code sotto riportato egrave disponibile una appendice al catalogo MONORACE nella quale sono riportate delle informazioni aggiuntive utili per lrsquoimpiego delle guide come elencato nellrsquoindice sottoriportato
INDICE CATALOGO MONORACE AREA DOWNLOAD
Disposizioni di montaggio
Orientamento dei carrelli
Registrazione del precarico dei carrelli
Lubrificazione dei carrelli
Guida composta da piugrave spezzoni
Forza di spostamento dei carrelli
Velocitagrave drsquoimpiego
Tolleranze costruttive
Tolleranze di montaggio
Materiali e trattamenti
Temperatura di esercizio
Altri carrelli disponibili a richiesta
wwwt-racecom
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn
T RACE SpAVia per Cascina Restelli 620886 Aicurzio (MB) ITALY
Tel (+39) 039 6817201Fax (+39) 039 6817217
infot-racecomwwwt-racecom
T RACE GmbHHeide 3751399 Burscheid GERMANY Phone (+49) 02174 49 93 88-0Fax (+49) 02174 49 93 888
postt-racedewwwt-racede C
AT
EN
031
02
017
01
L I N E A R amp T E L E S C O P I C S L I D E SRACE
T RACE Linear Technology (Suzhou) CO LTD Ndeg1128 East Jiangxing Road Wujiang Economic Development Zone 215200 Suzhou Jiangsu province CHINA Phone Fax
infot-racecomcnwwwt-racecomcn